blob: 237472f56066252e4910c3720dad9cd3a947d3c5 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregor314b97f2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000030using namespace clang;
31
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000032
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000033/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
35///
36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
40/// function is being used.
41///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000042/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
43/// decls.
44///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
46/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000047///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000048bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000049 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000050 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000051 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000052 }
53
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000054 // See if the decl is unavailable
55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
58 }
59
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
65 return true;
66 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000067 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070}
71
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
75///
76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000078 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000083
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000084 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000087 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
88 int isMethod = 0;
89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
90 // skip over named parameters.
91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
93 if (nullPos)
94 --nullPos;
95 else
96 ++i;
97 }
98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
99 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000101 // skip over named parameters.
102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
104 if (nullPos)
105 --nullPos;
106 else
107 ++i;
108 }
109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000111 // block or function pointer call.
112 QualType Ty = V->getType();
113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
119 unsigned k;
120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
121 if (nullPos)
122 --nullPos;
123 else
124 ++i;
125 }
126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
127 }
128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
129 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000133 return;
134
135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 return;
139 }
140 int sentinel = i;
141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
142 --sentinelPos;
143 ++i;
144 }
145 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
151 ++i;
152 ++sentinel;
153 }
154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
155 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000156 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
157 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000158 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000159 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 }
161 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000162}
163
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000164SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
165 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
166 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
167}
168
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
170// Standard Promotions and Conversions
171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
172
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000173/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
174void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
175 QualType Ty = E->getType();
176 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
177
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000178 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000179 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000180 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000181 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
182 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
183 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
184 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
185 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
186 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
187 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000188 //
189 // C++ 4.2p1:
190 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
191 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
192 //
193 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
194 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000195 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
196 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000197 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000198}
199
200/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000201/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000202/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
203/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
204/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
205Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
206 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000208
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000209 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
210 //
211 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
212 // unsigned int may be used:
213 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
214 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
215 // and unsigned int.
216 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
217 //
218 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
219 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
220 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
221 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000222 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
223 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000224 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000225 return Expr;
226 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000227 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000228 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000229 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000230 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000231 }
232
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000233 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000234 return Expr;
235}
236
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000237/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000238/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000239/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
240void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
241 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
242 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000243
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000244 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000245 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000246 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000247 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
248 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000249
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000250 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
251}
252
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000253/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
254/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
255/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
256/// completely illegal.
257bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000258 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000259
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000260 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
261 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
262 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
263 << Expr->getType() << CT;
264 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000265 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000266
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000267 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
268 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
269 << Expr->getType() << CT;
270
271 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000272}
273
274
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000275/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
276/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000277/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
279/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
280/// GCC.
281QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
282 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000283 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000284 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000285
286 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000287
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000288 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000289 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000290 QualType lhs =
291 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000292 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000293 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000294
295 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
296 if (lhs == rhs)
297 return lhs;
298
299 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
300 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
301 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
302 return lhs;
303
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000304 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000305 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000306 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
307 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000308 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000309 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
310 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
311
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000312 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000313 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000314 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
315 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000316 return destType;
317}
318
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000319//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
320// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
321//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
322
323
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000324/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000325/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
326/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
327/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
328/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000329///
330Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000331Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000332 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
333
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000334 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000335 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000336 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000337
338 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
339 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
340 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000341
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000343 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000344 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000345
346 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
347 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
348 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000349
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000350 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
351 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
352 // strings.
353 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000354 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000355 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000357 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000358 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000359 Literal.GetStringLength(),
360 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
361 &StringTokLocs[0],
362 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000363}
364
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000365/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
366/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
367/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
368/// for values inside the block or for globals).
369///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000370/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
371/// up-to-date.
372///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000373static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
374 ValueDecl *VD) {
375 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
376 // we wanted to.
377 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
378 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000379
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000380 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
381 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
382 return false;
383
384 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
385 // snapshot it.
386 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
387 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000388 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
389 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000390
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000391 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
392 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
393
394 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
395 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
396 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
397 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
398 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
399 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
400 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
401 // having a reference outside it.
402 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
403 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000404
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000405 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
406 // a snapshot as well.
407 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
408 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000410 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000411}
412
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000413
414
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000415/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000416Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000417Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000418 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000419 assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D));
420
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000421 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
422 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000423 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000424 << D->getDeclName();
425 return ExprError();
426 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000427
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000428 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
429 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
430 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
431 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000432 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000433 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000435 << D->getIdentifier();
436 return ExprError();
437 }
438 }
439 }
440 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000442 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000443
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000444 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
445 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
446 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor0da76df2009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000447 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000448}
449
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000450/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
451/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
452/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000453static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
454 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000456 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000458 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
459 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
460 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000461 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000463 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000464 D != DEnd; ++D) {
465 if (*D == Record) {
466 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
467 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
468 ++D;
469 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000470 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000471 return *D;
472 }
473 }
474
475 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
476 return 0;
477}
478
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000479/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
480/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
481/// actual member.
482///
483/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
484/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
485/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
486/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
487/// we found.
488///
489/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
490/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
491/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
492VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
493 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000494 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
495 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
496 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
497
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000498 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
500 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
501 do {
502 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000503 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000504 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000505 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000506 else {
507 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
508 break;
509 }
510 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000511 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000512 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000513
514 return BaseObject;
515}
516
517Sema::OwningExprResult
518Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
519 FieldDecl *Field,
520 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
521 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
522 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000523 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000524 AnonFields);
525
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000526 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
527 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
528 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
529 // found via name lookup.
530 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000531 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 if (BaseObject) {
533 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
534 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000535 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000536 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000537 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000538 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000539 BaseQuals
540 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000541 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
542 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
543 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
544 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
545 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000546 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000547 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
548 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
549 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000550 BaseQuals
551 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000552 } else {
553 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
554 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
555 // program our base object expression is "this".
556 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
557 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000558 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000559 = Context.getTagDeclType(
560 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
561 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000562 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000563 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
564 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
565 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000566 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000567 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000568 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
569 }
570 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000571 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
572 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000573 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000574 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 }
576
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000577 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000578 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
579 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 }
581
582 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
583 // anonymous struct/union.
584 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000585 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000586 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
587 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
588 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
589 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000590 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
591 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
592
593 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
594 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
595 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
596 ResultQuals.removeConst();
597
598 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
599 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
600
601 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
602 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
603
604 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
605 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
606 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
607
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000608 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000609 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000610 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
611 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000613 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 }
615
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000616 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000617}
618
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000619Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
620 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
621 UnqualifiedId &Name,
622 bool HasTrailingLParen,
623 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
John McCallb681b612009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000624 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
625 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
626
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000627 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
628 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
629 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000630 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
631 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
632 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
633 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
634 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
635 TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000636 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
637 }
638
639 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
640 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
641 // ActOnIdExpression.
642 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
643 Name.StartLocation,
644 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
645 HasTrailingLParen,
646 &SS,
647 IsAddressOfOperand);
648}
649
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000650/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
651/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
652/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
653/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
654/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000655/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
656/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000657///
658/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
659/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
660/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
661/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000662///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000663/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
664/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
665/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
666/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000667Sema::OwningExprResult
668Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
669 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000670 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000671 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000672 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000673 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
674 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000675
Douglas Gregorac564f32009-11-23 12:39:54 +0000676 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization.
677 if (SS && SS->isSet() && !computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
John McCall865d4472009-11-19 22:55:06 +0000678 return Owned(new (Context) DependentScopeDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000679 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000680 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
681 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000682 }
683
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000684 LookupResult Lookup(*this, Name, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName);
685 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, true);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000686
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000687 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000688 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000689
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000690 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
691 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000692 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
693 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000694 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
695 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000696 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
697 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000698 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000699
700 // FIXME: we should change lookup to do this.
701
702 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
703 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
704 // ivar, that's an error.
705 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
706
707 bool LookForIvars;
708 if (Lookup.empty())
709 LookForIvars = true;
710 else if (IsClassMethod)
711 LookForIvars = false;
712 else
713 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
714 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
715
716 if (LookForIvars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000717 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000718 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000719 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000720 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
721 if (IsClassMethod)
722 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
723 << IV->getDeclName());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000724
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000725 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
726 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
727 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
728 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000729
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000730 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
731 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
732 return ExprError();
733
734 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
735 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
736 ClassDeclared != IFace)
737 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
738
739 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
740 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
741 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
742 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
743 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
744 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
745 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
746 SelfName, false, false);
747 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
748 return Owned(new (Context)
749 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
750 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000751 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000752 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000753 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
754 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000755 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000756 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000757 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
758 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000759 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000760 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000761 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000762 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000763 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000764 QualType T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000765
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000766 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000767 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
768 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000769 else
770 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000771 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000772 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000773 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000774
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000775 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
776 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000777 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Lookup, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000778
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000779 if (Lookup.empty() && !ADL) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000780 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
781 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000782 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000783 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { // Not in C++.
784 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
785 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
786 } else {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000787 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
788 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000789 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
790 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
791 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
792 << SS->getRange());
793 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000794 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000795 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
796 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000797 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000798 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000799 }
800 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000801
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000802 if (VarDecl *Var = Lookup.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000803 // Warn about constructs like:
804 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
805 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000806
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000807 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
808 // information to check this property.
809 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
810 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000811 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000812 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000813 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000814 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
815 << Var->getDeclName()
816 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
817 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000818 break;
819 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000820
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000821 // Move to the parent of this scope.
822 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000823 }
824 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000825 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = Lookup.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000826 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
827 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
828 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
829 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
830 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
831 // type.
832 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
833 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000834
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000835 QualType T = Func->getType();
836 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000837 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000838 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor0da76df2009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000839 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, SS);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000840 }
841 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000842
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000843 // &SomeClass::foo is an abstract member reference, regardless of
844 // the nature of foo, but &SomeClass::foo(...) is not. If this is
845 // *not* an abstract member reference, and any of the results is a
846 // class member (which necessarily means they're all class members),
847 // then we make an implicit member reference instead.
848 //
849 // This check considers all the same information as the "needs ADL"
850 // check, but there's no simple logical relationship other than the
851 // fact that they can never be simultaneously true. We could
852 // calculate them both in one pass if that proves important for
853 // performance.
854 if (!ADL) {
855 bool isAbstractMemberPointer =
John McCallb681b612009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000856 (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty());
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000857
858 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer && !Lookup.empty() &&
859 isa<CXXRecordDecl>((*Lookup.begin())->getDeclContext())) {
860 return BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(SS, Lookup);
861 }
862 }
863
864 assert(Lookup.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue &&
865 "found UnresolvedUsingValueDecl in non-class scope");
866
867 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Lookup, ADL);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000868}
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000869
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000870/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000871bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000872Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
873 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000874 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000875 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000876 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000877 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000878 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
879 return false;
880 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
881 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000882 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000883 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
884 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000885 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000886 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
887 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
888 DestRecordType,
889 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
890 From->getSourceRange()))
891 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000892 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
893 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000894 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000895 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000896}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000897
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000898/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000899static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
900 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000901 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
902 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000903 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000904 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000905 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000906 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000907 0, Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000908
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000909 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
910}
911
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000912/// Builds an implicit member access expression from the given
913/// unqualified lookup set, which is known to contain only class
914/// members.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000915Sema::OwningExprResult
916Sema::BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
917 LookupResult &R) {
918 NamedDecl *D = R.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000919 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000920
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000921 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
922 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000923 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000924 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
925 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000926 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000927
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000928 QualType ThisType;
929 QualType MemberType;
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000930 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
931 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
932 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
933 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
934 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000935
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000936 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
937 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
938 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
939 // explicitly qualified.
940 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
941 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000942 }
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000943
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000944 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
945 return ExprError();
946 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D, Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000947 }
948
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000949 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000950 if (!Method->isStatic())
951 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object));
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000952 }
953
954 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000955 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000956 if (MD->isStatic()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000957 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000958 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000959 << D->getDeclName();
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000960 return ExprError();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000961 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000962 }
963
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000964 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
965 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
966 // above.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000967 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000968 << D->getDeclName();
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000969 return ExprError();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000970 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000971
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000972 // We're not in an implicit member-reference context, but the lookup
973 // results might not require an instance. Try to build a non-member
974 // decl reference.
975 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000976}
977
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000978bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
979 const LookupResult &R,
980 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000981 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
982 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
983 return false;
984
985 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
986 if (SS && SS->isSet())
987 return false;
988
989 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000990 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000991 return false;
992
993 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
994 // normal lookup:
995 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
996 NamedDecl *D = *I;
997
998 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
999 // -- a declaration of a class member
1000 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1001 // original decl.
1002 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1003 return false;
1004
1005 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1006 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1007 // using-declaration
1008 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1009 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1010 // turn off ADL anyway).
1011 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1012 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1013 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1014 return false;
1015
1016 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1017 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1018 // template
1019 // And also for builtin functions.
1020 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1021 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1022
1023 // But also builtin functions.
1024 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1025 return false;
1026 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1027 return false;
1028 }
1029
1030 return true;
1031}
1032
1033
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001034/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1035/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1036/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1037/// will in fact be used.
1038static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1039 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1040 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1041 return true;
1042 }
1043
1044 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1045 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1046 return true;
1047 }
1048
1049 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1050 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1051 return true;
1052 }
1053
1054 return false;
1055}
1056
1057Sema::OwningExprResult
1058Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001059 LookupResult &R,
1060 bool NeedsADL) {
1061 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue);
1062
1063 if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult())
1064 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001065
1066 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1067 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1068 // functions and function templates.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001069 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1070 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001071 return ExprError();
1072
1073 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
1074 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context,
1075 SS ? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001076 SS ? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001077 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1078 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1079 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1080 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001081
1082 return Owned(ULE);
1083}
1084
1085
1086/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1087Sema::OwningExprResult
1088Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1089 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1090 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001091 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1092 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001093 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1094
1095 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1096 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001097
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001098 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001099
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001100 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1101 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1102 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1103 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001104 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001105 return ExprError();
1106
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001107 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1108 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001109 return ExprError();
1110
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001111 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1112 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1113 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1114 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001115 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001116 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1117 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1118 //
1119 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001120 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001121 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001122 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001123 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001124 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001125 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1126 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001127 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001128
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001129 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001130 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001131 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001132 }
1133 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1134 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001135
Douglas Gregor0da76df2009-11-23 11:41:28 +00001136 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001137}
1138
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001139Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1140 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001141 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001142
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001143 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001144 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001145 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1146 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1147 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001148 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001149
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001150 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1151 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001152
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001153 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1154 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001155 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001156 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001157 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001158
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001159 QualType ResTy;
1160 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1161 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1162 } else {
1163 unsigned Length =
1164 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001165
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001166 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001167 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001168 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1169 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001170 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001171}
1172
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001173Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001174 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1175 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1176 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1177 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001178
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001179 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1180 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1181 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001182 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001183
1184 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1185
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001186 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1187 Literal.isWide(),
1188 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001189}
1190
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001191Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1192 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001193 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1194 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001195 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001196 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001197 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001198 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001199 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001200
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001201 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001202 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1203 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001204 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001205
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001206 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1207 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001208
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001209 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001210 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1211 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001212 return ExprError();
1213
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001214 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001215
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001216 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001217 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001218 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001219 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001220 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001221 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001222 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001223 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001224
1225 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1226
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001227 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1228 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001229 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1230 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001231
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001232 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001233 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001234 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001235 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001236
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001237 // long long is a C99 feature.
1238 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001239 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001240 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1241
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001242 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001243 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001244
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001245 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1246 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1247 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001248 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1249 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001250 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001251 } else {
1252 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1253 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001254
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001255 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1256 // be an unsigned int.
1257 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1258
1259 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001260 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001261 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1262 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001263 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001264
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001265 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1266 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1267 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1268 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001269 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001270 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001271 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001272 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001273 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001274 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001275
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001276 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001277 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001278 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001279
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001280 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1281 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1282 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1283 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001284 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001285 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001286 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001287 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001288 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001289 }
1290
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001291 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001292 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001293 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001294
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001295 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1296 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1297 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1298 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001299 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001300 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001301 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001302 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001303 }
1304 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001305
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001306 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1307 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001308 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001309 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001310 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001311 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001312 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001313
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001314 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1315 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001316 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001317 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001318 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001319
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001320 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1321 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001322 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001323 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001324
1325 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001326}
1327
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001328Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1329 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001330 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001331 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001332 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001333}
1334
1335/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1336/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001337bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001338 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1339 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1340 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001341 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1342 return false;
1343
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001344 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1345 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1346 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1347 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1348 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1349 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1350
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001351 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001352 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001353 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001354 if (isSizeof)
1355 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1356 return false;
1357 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001358
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001359 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001360 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001361 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1362 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001363 return false;
1364 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001365
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001366 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001367 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001368 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1369 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001370 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001371
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001372 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001373 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001374 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001375 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1376 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001377 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001378
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001379 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001380}
1381
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001382bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1383 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1384 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001385
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001386 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001387 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1388 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001389
1390 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1391 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1392 return false;
1393
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001394 if (E->getBitField()) {
1395 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1396 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001397 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001398
1399 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1400 // bit-field.
1401 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001402 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001403 return false;
1404
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001405 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1406}
1407
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001408/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001409Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001410Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1411 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001412 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001413 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001414 return ExprError();
1415
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001416 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1417
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001418 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1419 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1420 return ExprError();
1421
1422 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001423 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001424 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1425 R.getEnd()));
1426}
1427
1428/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1429/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001430Action::OwningExprResult
1431Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001432 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1433 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1434 bool isInvalid = false;
1435 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1436 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1437 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1438 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001439 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001440 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1441 isInvalid = true;
1442 } else {
1443 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1444 }
1445
1446 if (isInvalid)
1447 return ExprError();
1448
1449 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1450 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1451 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1452 R.getEnd()));
1453}
1454
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001455/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1456/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1457/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001458Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001459Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1460 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001461 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001462 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001463
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001464 if (isType) {
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001465 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1466 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1467 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001468 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001469
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001470 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1471 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1472 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1473
1474 if (Result.isInvalid())
1475 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1476
1477 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001478}
1479
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001480QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001481 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1482 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001483
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001484 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001485 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001486 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001487
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001488 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1489 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1490 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001491
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001492 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001493 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1494 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001495 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001496}
1497
1498
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001499
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001500Action::OwningExprResult
1501Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1502 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001503 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1504 switch (Kind) {
1505 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1506 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1507 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1508 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001509
Eli Friedmane4216e92009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001510 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001511}
1512
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001513Action::OwningExprResult
1514Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1515 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001516 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1517 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1518
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001519 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1520 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001521
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001522 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001523 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1524 Base.release();
1525 Idx.release();
1526 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1527 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1528 }
1529
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001530 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001531 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001532 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1533 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1534 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001535 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001536 }
1537
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001538 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1539}
1540
1541
1542Action::OwningExprResult
1543Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1544 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1545 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1546 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1547
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001548 // Perform default conversions.
1549 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1550 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001551
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001552 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001553
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001554 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001555 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001556 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001557 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001558 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1559 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001560 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1561 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1562 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1563 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001564 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001565 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1566 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001567 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001568 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001569 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001570 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1571 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001572 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001573 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001574 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001575 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1576 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1577 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001578 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001579 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001580 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1581 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1582 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1583 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001584 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001585 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001586 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001587
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001588 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1589 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001590 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1591 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1592 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1593 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1594 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1595 // force the promotion here.
1596 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1597 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001598 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1599 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001600 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1601
1602 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1603 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001604 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001605 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1606 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1607 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1608 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001609 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1610 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001611 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1612
1613 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1614 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001615 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001616 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001617 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1618 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001619 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001620 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001621 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1622 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001623 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1624 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001625
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001626 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001627 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1628 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001629 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1630
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001631 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001632 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1633 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001634 // incomplete types are not object types.
1635 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1636 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1637 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1638 return ExprError();
1639 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001640
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001641 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001642 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001643 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1644 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001645 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001646
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001647 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1648 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1649 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1650 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1651 return ExprError();
1652 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001653
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001654 Base.release();
1655 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001656 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001657 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001658}
1659
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001660QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001661CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001662 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001663 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001664 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1665 // see FIXME there.
1666 //
1667 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1668 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001669 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001670
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001671 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001672 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001673
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001674 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001675 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1676 // to be selected.
1677 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001678
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001679 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1680 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001681 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001682
1683 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1684 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001685 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001686 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1687 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001688 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001689 do
1690 compStr++;
1691 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001692 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001693 do
1694 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001695 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001696 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001697
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001698 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001699 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1700 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001701 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1702 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001703 return QualType();
1704 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001705
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001706 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1707 // operates on.
1708 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001709 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001710
1711 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001712 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001713
1714 while (*compStr) {
1715 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1716 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1717 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1718 return QualType();
1719 }
1720 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001721 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001722
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001723 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1724 // number of elements.
1725 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001726 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001727 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001728 return QualType();
1729 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001730
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001731 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001732 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001733 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001734 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001735 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001736 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001737 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001738 if (HexSwizzle)
1739 CompSize--;
1740
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001741 if (CompSize == 1)
1742 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001743
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001744 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001745 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001746 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1747 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1748 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1749 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001750 }
1751 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001752}
1753
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001754static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001755 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001756 const Selector &Sel,
1757 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001758
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001759 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001760 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001761 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001762 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001763
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001764 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1765 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001766 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001767 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001768 return D;
1769 }
1770 return 0;
1771}
1772
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001773static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001774 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001775 const Selector &Sel,
1776 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001777 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1778 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001779 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001780 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001781 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001782 GDecl = PD;
1783 break;
1784 }
1785 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001786 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001787 GDecl = OMD;
1788 break;
1789 }
1790 }
1791 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001792 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001793 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1794 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001795 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001796 if (GDecl)
1797 return GDecl;
1798 }
1799 }
1800 return GDecl;
1801}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001802
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001803Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001804Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001805 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001806 DeclarationName MemberName,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001807 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001808 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1809 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001810 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1811 return ExprError();
1812
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001813 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1814 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1815
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001816 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001817 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001818
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001819 // Perform default conversions.
1820 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001821
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001822 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00001823
1824 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
1825 // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that
1826 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
1827 // call, and continue on.
1828 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1829 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
1830 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
1831 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
1832 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
1833 ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
1834 (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
1835 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
1836 ->isRecordType()))) {
1837 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
1838 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
1839 << QualType(Fun, 0)
1840 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
1841
1842 OwningExprResult NewBase
1843 = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
1844 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
1845 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
1846 return move(NewBase);
1847
1848 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
1849 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
1850 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1851 }
1852 }
1853 }
1854
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001855 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1856 // use that.
1857 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1858 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1859 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1860 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1861 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001862 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001863 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001864 }
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001865 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001866
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001867 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1868 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1869 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1870 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1871 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1872 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1873 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1874 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1875 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1876 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1877 // Check the use of this method.
1878 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1879 return ExprError();
1880 }
1881 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1882 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1883 Selector SetterSel =
1884 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1885 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1886 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1887 if (!Setter) {
1888 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1889 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001890 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001891 }
1892 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1893 if (!Setter)
1894 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1895
1896 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1897 return ExprError();
1898
1899 if (Getter || Setter) {
1900 QualType PType;
1901
1902 if (Getter)
1903 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1904 else
1905 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1906 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1907 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1908 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1909 PType,
1910 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1911 }
1912 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1913 << MemberName << BaseType);
1914 }
1915 }
1916
1917 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1918 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1919 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001920 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001921 }
1922
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001923 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1924 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001925 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001926 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1927 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1928 if (SS) {
1929 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1930 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1931 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1932 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001933
John McCall865d4472009-11-19 22:55:06 +00001934 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001935 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001936 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001937 FirstQualifierInScope,
1938 MemberName,
1939 MemberLoc,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001940 ExplicitTemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001941 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001942 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001943 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001944 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1945 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001946 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001947 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1948 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1949 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001950 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001951 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001952 // (so we'll report an error for)
1953 // T* t;
1954 // t.f;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955 //
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001956 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
1957 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
1958 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001959 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001960
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001961 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001962 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
1963 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1964 if (SS) {
1965 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1966 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1967 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1968 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001969
John McCall865d4472009-11-19 22:55:06 +00001970 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001971 BaseExpr, false,
1972 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001973 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001974 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001975 FirstQualifierInScope,
1976 MemberName,
1977 MemberLoc,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001978 ExplicitTemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001979 }
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001980 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001981
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001982 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1983 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001984 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001985 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001986 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001987 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
1988 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001989 return ExprError();
1990
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001991 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
1992 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1993 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
1994 // nested-name-specifier.
1995 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor8d1c9ae2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00001996
1997 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
1998 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
1999 << DC << SS->getRange();
2000 return ExprError();
2001 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002002
2003 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
John McCall865d4472009-11-19 22:55:06 +00002004 // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002005 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2006 }
2007
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002008 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002009 LookupResult Result(*this, MemberName, MemberLoc, LookupMemberName);
2010 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002011
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002012 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002013 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2014 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002015 if (Result.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002016 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002017
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002018 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2019
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002020 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002021 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002023 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002024 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002025 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002026
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002027 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2028 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2029 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2030 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2031 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2032 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002033
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002034 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2035 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2036 // error cases.
2037 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2038 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002039
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002040 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2041 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2042 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2043 // explicitly qualified.
2044 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2045 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2046 }
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002047
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002048 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002049 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002050 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002051
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002052 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002053 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2054 // (C++ [class.union]).
2055 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002056 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002057 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002058
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002059 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002060 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002061 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002062 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2063 else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002064 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2065 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2066 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2067
2068 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2069 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2070
2071 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2072 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2073 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002074 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002075
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002076 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002077 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2078 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002079 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002080 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002081 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002082
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002083 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2084 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002085 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2086 Var, MemberLoc,
2087 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002088 }
2089 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2090 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002091 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2092 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2093 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002094 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002095 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002096 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2097 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002098
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002099 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002100 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2101 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002102 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002103 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2104 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002105 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002106
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002107 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2108 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2109 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002110 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002111 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002112 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002113 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002114 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2115 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002116 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002117 Ovl, MemberLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002118 Context.OverloadTy));
2119
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002120 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2121 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002122 }
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002123 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2124 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002125 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2126 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002127 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002128 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002129 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002130 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002131
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002132 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2133 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2134 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002135 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2136 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002137 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002138 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002139
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002140 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2141 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2142 // pseudo-destructor.
2143 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2144 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002145 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2146 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002147 // type.
2148 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2149 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2150 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002151
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002152 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2153 // same as the object type.
2154 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2155 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2156 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2157 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2158 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002159
2160 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002161 // the form
2162 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002163 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2164 //
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002165 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2166 //
2167 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2168 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002169
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002170 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2171 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2172 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002173 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002174 OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002175 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002176 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2177 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2178 MemberLoc));
2179 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002180
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002181 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2182 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002183 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2184 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002185 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002186 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002187 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002188 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002189 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2190
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002191 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2192 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002193 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002194
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002195 if (IV) {
2196 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2197 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2198 // error cases.
2199 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2200 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002201
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002202 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2203 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2204 return ExprError();
2205 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2206 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2207 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2208 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2209 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2210 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2211 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2212 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2213 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2214 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2215 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2216 // AST for a function decl.
2217 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002218 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002219 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2220 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2221 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2222 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2223 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2224 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002225
2226 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2227 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002228 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002229 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002230 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002231 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2232 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002233 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002234 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002235 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002236
2237 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2238 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2239 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002240 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002241 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002242 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002243 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002244 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002245 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002246 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002247 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002248 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002249 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002250 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002251
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002252 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002253 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002254 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2255 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2256 // Check the use of this declaration
2257 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2258 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002259
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002260 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2261 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2262 }
2263 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2264 // Check the use of this method.
2265 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2266 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002267
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002268 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002269 OMD->getResultType(),
2270 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002271 NULL, 0));
2272 }
2273 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002274
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002275 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002276 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002277 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002278 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2279 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002280 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002281 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002282 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2283 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2284 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002285 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002287 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002288 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002289 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2290 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2291 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002292 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002293 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002294 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002295 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2296 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002297 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002298 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2299 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002300 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002301 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2302 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002303 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002304 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2305 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2306 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002307
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002308 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002309 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2310 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002311 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2312 // selector is implemented.
2313
2314 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2315 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2316
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002317 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002318 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002319
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002320 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2321 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002322 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002323
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002324 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002325 if (!Getter)
2326 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002327 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002328 // Check if we can reference this property.
2329 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2330 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002331 }
2332 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2333 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002334 Selector SetterSel =
2335 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002336 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002337 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002338 if (!Setter) {
2339 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2340 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002341 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002342 }
2343 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002344 if (!Setter)
2345 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002346
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002347 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2348 return ExprError();
2349
2350 if (Getter || Setter) {
2351 QualType PType;
2352
2353 if (Getter)
2354 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian154440e2009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002355 else
2356 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2357 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002358 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian09105f52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002359 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002360 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2361 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002362 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002363 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002364 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002365
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002366 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002367 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002368 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002369 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002370 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2371 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2372
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002373 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002374 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002375 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002376 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2377 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002378 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002379 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002380 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002381 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002382
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002383 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2384 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2385
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002386 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002387}
2388
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002389Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2390 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2391 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2392 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2393 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2394 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2395 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2396 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2397 TemplateName Template
2398 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2399
2400 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2401 // twice!
2402 DeclarationName Name;
2403 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2404 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2405 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2406 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00002407 else {
2408 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2409 if (DTN->isIdentifier())
2410 Name = DTN->getIdentifier();
2411 else
2412 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2413 }
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002414
2415 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2416 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2417 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002418 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2419
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002420 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
2421 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
2422 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
2423 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002424 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2425
2426 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2427 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2428 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002429 Name, &TemplateArgs, DeclPtrTy(),
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002430 &SS);
2431 }
2432
2433 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2434 // DeclarationName.
2435 OwningExprResult Result
2436 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2437 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2438 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2439 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2440
2441 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2442 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2443 return move(Result);
2444
2445 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2446 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2447 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2448 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2449 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2450 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2451 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2452 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2453 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2454
2455 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2456 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002457}
2458
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002459Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2460 FunctionDecl *FD,
2461 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2462 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2463 Diag (CallLoc,
2464 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2465 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002466 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002467 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2468 } else {
2469 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2470 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2471
2472 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002473 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002474
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002475 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2476 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002477 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002478
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002479 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002480 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002481 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002482
2483 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002484 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2485 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2486 return ExprError();
2487 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002488
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002489 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002490
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002491 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2492 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2493 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002494 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002495 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002496 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002497 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2498 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2499 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2500 }
2501 }
2502
2503 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2504 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2505}
2506
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002507/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2508/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2509/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2510/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2511/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2512/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002513bool
2514Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002515 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002516 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002517 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2518 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002519 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002520 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2521 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2522 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002523 bool Invalid = false;
2524
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002525 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2526 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2527 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2528 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2529 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2530 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2531 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2532 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002533 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002534 }
2535
2536 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2537 // them.
2538 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2539 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2540 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2541 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2542 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2543 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2544 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2545 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002546 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002547 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002548 }
2549 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2550 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002551
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002552 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2553 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2554 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002555
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002556 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002557 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002558 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002559
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002560 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2561 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002562 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2563 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002564 return true;
2565
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002566 // Pass the argument.
2567 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2568 return true;
Anders Carlsson03d8ed42009-11-13 04:34:45 +00002569
Anders Carlsson4b3cbea2009-11-13 17:04:35 +00002570 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
2571 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002572 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002573 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002574
2575 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002576 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2577 FDecl, Param);
2578 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2579 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002580
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002581 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002582 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002583
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002584 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2585 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002586
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002587 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2588 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002589 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2590 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2591 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2592 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2593 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2594
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002595 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Eli Friedman3e42ffd2009-11-14 04:43:10 +00002596 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002597 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002598 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002599 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2600 }
2601 }
2602
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002603 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002604}
2605
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002606/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2607/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2608/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2609/// template arguments, etc.
2610void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002611 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002612 DeclarationName &Name,
2613 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2614 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2615 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002616 bool &Overloaded,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002617 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002618 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002619 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002620 Name = DeclarationName();
2621 Qualifier = 0;
2622 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2623 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002624 Overloaded = false;
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002625 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002626
2627 // Most of the explicit tracking of ArgumentDependentLookup in this
2628 // function can disappear when we handle unresolved
2629 // TemplateIdRefExprs properly.
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002630
2631 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2632 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2633 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2634 while (true) {
2635 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2636 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2637 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2638 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2639 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2640 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2641 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2642 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2643 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2644 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2645 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002646 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002647 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl()));
2648 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2649 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier()))
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002650 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002651 break;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002652 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup
2653 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2654 Name = UnresLookup->getName();
2655 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end());
2656 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL();
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002657 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002658 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier()))
2659 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002660 break;
2661 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2662 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002663 if (NamedDecl *Function
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002664 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2665 Name = Function->getDeclName();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002666 Fns.push_back(Function);
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002667 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002668 else {
2669 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overload
2670 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002671 Name = Overload->getDeclName();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002672 Fns.append(Overload->function_begin(), Overload->function_end());
2673 }
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002674 Overloaded = true;
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002675 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002676 TemplateIdRef->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002677
2678 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2679 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2680 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2681 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2682 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2683 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2684 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2685 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2686 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2687 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2688 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2689 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2690 //
2691 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2692 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2693 // is still possible.
2694 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2695 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2696 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2697 }
2698 break;
2699 } else {
2700 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2701 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2702 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2703 break;
2704 }
2705 }
2706}
2707
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002708/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002709/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2710/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002711Action::OwningExprResult
2712Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2713 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002714 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002715 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002716
2717 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2718 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002719
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002720 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002721 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002722 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002723
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002724 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002725 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2726 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2727 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2728 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2729 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2730 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2731 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2732 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002733
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002734 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2735 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002736
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002737 NumArgs = 0;
2738 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002739
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002740 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2741 RParenLoc));
2742 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002743
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002744 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002745 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002746 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2747 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002748 bool Dependent = false;
2749 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2750 Dependent = true;
2751 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2752 Dependent = true;
2753
2754 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002755 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002756 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2757
2758 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2759 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2760 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2761 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2762
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002763 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002764 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2765 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2766 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2767 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2768 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2769 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2770 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002771 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2772 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002773 }
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002774
2775 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2776 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2777 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2778 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002779 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2780 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2781 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002782
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002783 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2784 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2785 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2786 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002787
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002788 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2789 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2790 TheCall.get(), 0))
2791 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002792
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002793 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2794 RParenLoc))
2795 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002796
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002797 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2798 }
2799 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2800 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2801 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002802 }
2803 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002804 }
2805
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002806 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002807 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002808 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002809 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
2810 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002811 bool Overloaded;
2812 bool ADL;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002813 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002814 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002815 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2816 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002817 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002818 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002819 ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002820
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002821 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable
2822 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002823
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002824 if (Overloaded || ADL) {
2825#ifndef NDEBUG
2826 if (ADL) {
2827 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
2828 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL");
2829
2830 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
2831 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
2832 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) &&
2833 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2834 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
2835
2836 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2837 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
2838 }
2839
2840 if (Overloaded) {
2841 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or
2842 // at least one function template (which is effectively an
2843 // infinite set of functions).
2844 assert((Fns.size() > 1 ||
2845 (Fns.size() == 1 &&
2846 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())))
2847 && "unrecognized overload situation");
2848 }
2849#endif
2850
2851 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002852 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002853 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2854 RParenLoc, ADL);
2855 if (!FDecl)
2856 return ExprError();
2857
2858 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
2859
2860 NDecl = FDecl;
2861 } else {
2862 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag");
2863 if (Fns.empty())
2864 NDecl = FDecl = 0;
2865 else {
2866 NDecl = Fns[0];
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002867 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002868 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002869 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002870
2871 // Promote the function operand.
2872 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2873
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002874 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2875 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002876 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2877 Args, NumArgs,
2878 Context.BoolTy,
2879 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002880
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002881 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2882 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2883 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2884 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002885 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002886 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002887 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2888 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002889 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002890 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002891 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002892 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002893 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002894 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002895 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2896 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2897
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002898 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002899 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2900 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2901 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002902 return ExprError();
2903
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002904 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002905 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002906
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002907 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002908 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002909 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002910 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002911 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002912 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002913
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002914 if (FDecl) {
2915 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2916 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2917 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002918 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002919 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002920 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002921 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2922 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2923 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2924 }
2925 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002926 }
2927
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002928 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002929 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2930 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2931 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002932 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2933 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002934 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2935 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002936 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002937 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002938 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002939 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002940
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002941 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2942 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002943 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2944 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002945
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002946 // Check for sentinels
2947 if (NDecl)
2948 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002949
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002950 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002951 if (FDecl) {
2952 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
2953 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002954
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002955 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002956 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
2957 } else if (NDecl) {
2958 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
2959 return ExprError();
2960 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002961
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00002962 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002963}
2964
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002965Action::OwningExprResult
2966Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2967 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002968 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00002969 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
2970 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002971 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002972 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002973 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002974
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002975 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002976 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002977 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2978 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002979 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2980 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002981 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002982 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002983 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002984 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002985
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002986 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002987 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002988 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002989
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002990 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002991 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002992 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002993 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002994 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002995 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002996 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002997 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002998}
2999
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003000Action::OwningExprResult
3001Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003002 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3003 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3004 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003005
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003006 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003007 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003008
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003009 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003010 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003011 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003012 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003013}
3014
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003015static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3016 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003017 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003018 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3019
3020 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3021 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3022 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3023 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3024 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3025 }
3026
3027 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3028 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3029 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3030 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3031 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3032 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3033 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3034 }
3035
3036 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3037 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3038 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3039 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3040 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3041 }
3042
3043 // FIXME: Assert here.
3044 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3045 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3046}
3047
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003048/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003049bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003050 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003051 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3052 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003053 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003054 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3055 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003056
Eli Friedman199ea952009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003057 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003058
3059 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3060 // type needs to be scalar.
3061 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3062 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003063 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3064 return false;
3065 }
3066
3067 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003068 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003069 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3070 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003071 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003072 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3073 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003074 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003075 return false;
3076 }
3077
3078 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003079 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003080 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003081 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003082 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003083 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003084 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3085 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003086 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3087 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3088 break;
3089 }
3090 }
3091 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3092 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3093 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003094 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003095 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003096 }
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003097
3098 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3099 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3100 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3101 }
3102
3103 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3104 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003105 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3106 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003107 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003108 }
3109
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003110 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3111 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3112
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003113 if (castType->isVectorType())
3114 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3115 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3116 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3117
3118 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003119 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003120
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003121 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3122 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3123
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003124 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003125 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3126 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3127 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3128 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3129 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3130 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3131 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3132 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3133 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3134 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003135 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003136
3137 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003138 return false;
3139}
3140
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003141bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3142 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003143 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003144
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003145 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003146 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003147 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003148 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003149 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003150 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003151 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003152 } else
3153 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003154 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003155 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003156
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003157 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003158 return false;
3159}
3160
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003161bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3162 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003163 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003164
3165 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3166
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003167 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3168 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003169 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3170 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3171 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3172 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003173 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003174 return false;
3175 }
3176
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003177 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003178 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3179 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003180 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3181 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3182 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3183 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003184
3185 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3186 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3187 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003188
3189 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003190 return false;
3191}
3192
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003193Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003194Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003195 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003196 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003197
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003198 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3199 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003200
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003201 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003202 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3203 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003204
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003205 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3206 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3207 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003208 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003209 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003210 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003211 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003212
3213 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003214 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003215 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003216
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003217 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3218 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003219
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003220 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3221 } else {
3222 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003223 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003224
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003225 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003226 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003227 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003228}
3229
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003230/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3231/// of comma binary operators.
3232Action::OwningExprResult
3233Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3234 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3235 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3236 if (!E)
3237 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003238
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003239 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003240
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003241 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3242 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3243 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003244
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003245 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3246}
3247
3248Action::OwningExprResult
3249Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3250 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3251 QualType Ty) {
3252 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003253
3254 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003255 // then handle it as such.
3256 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3257 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3258 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3259 return ExprError();
3260 }
3261
3262 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3263 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3264 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3265
3266 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3267 // braces instead of the original commas.
3268 Op.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003269 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003270 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3271 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003272 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003273 Owned(E));
3274 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003275 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003276 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3277 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3278 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3279 }
3280}
3281
3282Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3283 SourceLocation R,
3284 MultiExprArg Val) {
3285 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3286 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3287 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3288 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3289 return Owned(expr);
3290}
3291
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003292/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3293/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003294/// C99 6.5.15
3295QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3296 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003297 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3298 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3299 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3300
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003301 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3302
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003303 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3304 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3305 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3306 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3307 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3308 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003309
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003310 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003311 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3312 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3313 << CondTy;
3314 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003315 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003316
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003317 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003318 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3319 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003320
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003321 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3322 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003323 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3324 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3325 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003326 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003327
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003328 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3329 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003330 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3331 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003332 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003333 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003334 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003335 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003336 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003337 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003338
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003339 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003340 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003341 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3342 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3343 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3344 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3345 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3346 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3347 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003348 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3349 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003350 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003351 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003352 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3353 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003354 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003355 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003356 // promote the null to a pointer.
3357 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003358 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003359 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003360 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003361 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003362 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003363 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003364 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003365 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3366 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3367 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3368 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3369 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003370 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003371 return LHSTy;
3372 }
3373 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3374 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003375 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003376 return RHSTy;
3377 }
3378 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3379 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3380 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003381 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003382 return LHSTy;
3383 }
3384 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3385 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003386 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003387 return RHSTy;
3388 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003389 // Handle block pointer types.
3390 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3391 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3392 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3393 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003394 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3395 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003396 return destType;
3397 }
3398 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3399 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3400 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003401 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003402 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3403 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3404 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003405 return LHSTy;
3406 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003407 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003408 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3409 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003410
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003411 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3412 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003413 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3414 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3415 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3416 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3417 // to get a consistent AST.
3418 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003419 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3420 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003421 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003422 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003423 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003424 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3425 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003426 return LHSTy;
3427 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003428 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003429 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003430
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003431 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3432 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3433 return LHSTy;
3434 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003435 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3436 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003437 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003438
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003439 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3440 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3441 // type. This allows
3442 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3443 // where B is a subclass of A.
3444 //
3445 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3446 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3447 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3448 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3449
3450 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3451 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003452 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003453 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003454 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003455 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003456 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003457 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003458 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003459 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003460 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3461 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3462 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3463 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3464 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003465 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003466 } else if (!(compositeType =
3467 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3468 ;
3469 else {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003470 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3471 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3472 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3473 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003474 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3475 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003476 return incompatTy;
3477 }
3478 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003479 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3480 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003481 return compositeType;
3482 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003483 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3484 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003485 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003486 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003487 QualType destPointee
3488 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003489 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003490 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3491 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3492 // Promote to void*.
3493 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003494 return destType;
3495 }
3496 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003497 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003498 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003499 QualType destPointee
3500 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003501 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003502 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3503 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3504 // Promote to void*.
3505 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003506 return destType;
3507 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003508 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3509 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3510 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003511 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3512 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003513
3514 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3515 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3516 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003517 QualType destPointee
3518 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003519 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003520 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3521 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3522 // Promote to void*.
3523 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003524 return destType;
3525 }
3526 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003527 QualType destPointee
3528 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003529 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003530 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003531 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003532 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003533 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003534 return destType;
3535 }
3536
3537 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3538 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3539 return LHSTy;
3540 }
3541 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3542 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3543 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3544 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3545 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3546 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3547 // to get a consistent AST.
3548 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003549 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3550 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003551 return incompatTy;
3552 }
3553 // The pointer types are compatible.
3554 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3555 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3556 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3557 // type.
3558 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3559 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003560 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3561 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003562 return LHSTy;
3563 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003564
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003565 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3566 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3567 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3568 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003569 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003570 return RHSTy;
3571 }
3572 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3573 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3574 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003575 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003576 return LHSTy;
3577 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003578
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003579 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003580 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3581 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003582 return QualType();
3583}
3584
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003585/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003586/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003587Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3588 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3589 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3590 ExprArg RHS) {
3591 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3592 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003593
3594 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3595 // was the condition.
3596 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3597 if (isLHSNull)
3598 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003599
3600 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003601 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003602 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003603 return ExprError();
3604
3605 Cond.release();
3606 LHS.release();
3607 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003608 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003609 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003610 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003611}
3612
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003613// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003614// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003615// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3616// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3617// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003618Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003619Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3620 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003621
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003622 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3623 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3624 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3625 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3626 return Compatible;
3627 }
3628
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003629 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003630 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3631 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003632
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003633 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003634 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3635 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003636
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003637 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003638
3639 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3640 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3641 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003642 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003643 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003644 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003645
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003646 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3647 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003648 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003649 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003650 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003651 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003652
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003653 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003654 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3655 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003656 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003657
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003658 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003659 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003660 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003661
3662 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003663 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3664 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003665 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003666 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003667 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003668 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3669 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3670 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3671 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3672 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3673 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003674 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003675 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003676 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003677 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003678
3679 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003680 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003681 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003682 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003683
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003684 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3685 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3686 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3687 // warning can be disabled.
3688 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3689 return ConvTy;
3690 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3691 }
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003692
3693 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
3694 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
3695 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
3696 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
3697 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
3698 do {
3699 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3700 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3701
3702 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3703 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
3704 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
3705
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003706 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00003707 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003708 }
3709
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003710 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003711 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003712 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003713 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003714}
3715
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003716/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3717/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3718/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3719// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003720Sema::AssignConvertType
3721Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003722 QualType rhsType) {
3723 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003724
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003725 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003726 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3727 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003728
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003729 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3730 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3731 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003732
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003733 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003734
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003735 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003736 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003737 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003738
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003739 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003740 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003741 return ConvTy;
3742}
3743
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003744/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3745/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003746/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3747///
3748/// int a, *pint;
3749/// short *pshort;
3750/// struct foo *pfoo;
3751///
3752/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3753/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3754/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3755/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3756///
3757/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003758/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003759///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003760Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003761Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003762 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3763 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003764 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3765 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003766
3767 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003768 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003769
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003770 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3771 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3772 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3773 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3774 return Compatible;
3775 }
3776
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003777 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3778 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3779 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3780 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3781 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3782 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3783 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003784 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003785 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003786 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003787 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003788 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003789 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3790 // to the same ExtVector type.
3791 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3792 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3793 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3794 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3795 return Compatible;
3796 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003797
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003798 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003799 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003800 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003801 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003802 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3803 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003804 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003805 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003806 }
3807 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003808 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003809
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003810 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003811 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003812
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003813 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003814 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003815 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003816
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003817 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003818 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003819
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003820 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003821 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003822 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3823 return Compatible;
3824 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003825 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003826 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3827 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003828 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003829
3830 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003831 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003832 return Compatible;
3833 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003834 return Incompatible;
3835 }
3836
3837 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3838 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003839 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003840
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003841 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003842 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003843 return Compatible;
3844
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003845 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3846 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003847
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003848 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003849 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003850 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003851 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003852 return Incompatible;
3853 }
3854
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003855 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3856 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3857 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003858
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003859 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003860 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003861 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3862 return Compatible;
3863 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003864 }
3865 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003866 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3867 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003868 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3869 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003870 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3871 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003872 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003873 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003874 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003875 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3876 return Compatible;
3877 }
3878 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3879 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3880 return Compatible;
3881 return Incompatible;
3882 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003883 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003884 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003885 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3886 return Compatible;
3887
3888 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003889 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003890
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003891 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003892 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003893
3894 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003895 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003896 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003897 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003898 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003899 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3900 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3901 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3902 return Compatible;
3903
3904 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3905 return PointerToInt;
3906
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003907 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003908 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003909 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3910 return Compatible;
3911 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003912 }
3913 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003914 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003915 return Compatible;
3916 return Incompatible;
3917 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003918
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003919 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003920 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003921 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003922 }
3923 return Incompatible;
3924}
3925
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003926/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3927/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003928static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003929 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3930 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3931 // of the transparent union.
3932 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3933 &E, 1,
3934 SourceLocation());
3935 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3936 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3937
3938 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3939 // union type from this initializer list.
3940 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3941 false);
3942}
3943
3944Sema::AssignConvertType
3945Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3946 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3947
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003948 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003949 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3950 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003951 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003952 return Incompatible;
3953
3954 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3955 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3956 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3957 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003958 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3959 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003960 it != itend; ++it) {
3961 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3962 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3963 // 1) void pointer
3964 // 2) null pointer constant
3965 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003966 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003967 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003968 InitField = *it;
3969 break;
3970 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003971
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003972 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3973 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003974 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003975 InitField = *it;
3976 break;
3977 }
3978 }
3979
3980 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3981 == Compatible) {
3982 InitField = *it;
3983 break;
3984 }
3985 }
3986
3987 if (!InitField)
3988 return Incompatible;
3989
3990 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3991 return Compatible;
3992}
3993
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003994Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003995Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003996 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3997 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3998 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3999 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4000 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004001 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4002 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004003 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004004 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004005 }
4006
4007 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4008 // structures.
4009 }
4010
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004011 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4012 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004013 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4014 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004015 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004016 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4017 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004018 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004019 return Compatible;
4020 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004021
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004022 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004023 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004024 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004025 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004026 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004027 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004028 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4029 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004030
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004031 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4032 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004033
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004034 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4035 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004036 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4037 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4038 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4039 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004040 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004041 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4042 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004043 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004044}
4045
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004046QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004047 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004048 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004049 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004050 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004051}
4052
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004053inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004054 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004055 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004056 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004057 QualType lhsType =
4058 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4059 QualType rhsType =
4060 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004061
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004062 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004063 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004064 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004065
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004066 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4067 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004068 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4069 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004070 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4071 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004072 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004073 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004074 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004075 }
4076 }
4077 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004078
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004079 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4080 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4081 bool swapped = false;
4082 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4083 swapped = true;
4084 std::swap(rex, lex);
4085 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4086 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004087
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004088 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004089 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004090 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4091 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4092 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004093 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004094 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4095 return lhsType;
4096 }
4097 }
4098 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4099 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4100 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004101 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004102 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4103 return lhsType;
4104 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004105 }
4106 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004107
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004108 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004109 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004110 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004111 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004112 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004113}
4114
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004115inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004116 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004117 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004118 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004119
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004120 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004121
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004122 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004123 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004124 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004125}
4126
4127inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004128 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004129 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4130 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4131 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4132 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4133 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004134
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004135 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004136
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004137 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004138 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004139 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004140}
4141
4142inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004143 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004144 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4145 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4146 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4147 return compType;
4148 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004149
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004150 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004151
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004152 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004153 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4154 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4155 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004156 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004157 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004158
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004159 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4160 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004161 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004162 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4163
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004164 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004165
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004166 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004167 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004168
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004169 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4170 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004171 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4172 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004173 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004174 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004175 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004176
4177 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4178 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4179 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004180 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004181 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4182 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4183 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4184 return QualType();
4185 }
4186
4187 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4188 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4189 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004190 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004191 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004192 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004193 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004194 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4195 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004196 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4197 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004198 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004199 return QualType();
4200 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004201 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4202 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4203 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4204 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4205 return QualType();
4206 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004207
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004208 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004209 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4210 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4211 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4212 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4213 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004214 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004215 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4216 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004217 return PExp->getType();
4218 }
4219 }
4220
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004221 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004222}
4223
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004224// C99 6.5.6
4225QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004226 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4227 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4228 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4229 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4230 return compType;
4231 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004232
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004233 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004234
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004235 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004236
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004237 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004238 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4239 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004240 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004241 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004242 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004243
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004244 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004245 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004246 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004247
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004248 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004249
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004250 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4251 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4252 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4253 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4254 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4255 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4256 return QualType();
4257 }
4258
4259 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4260 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4261 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4262 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4263 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004264 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004265 return QualType();
4266 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004267
4268 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4269 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4270 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004271 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004272 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004273 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004274 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004275 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004276
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004277 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4278 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4279 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4280 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4281 return QualType();
4282 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004283
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004284 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004285 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4286 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4287 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4288 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4289 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4290 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004291 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004292 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4293
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004294 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004295 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004296 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004297
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004298 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004299 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004300 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004301
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004302 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4303 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4304 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4305 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4306 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4307 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4308 return QualType();
4309 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004310
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004311 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4312 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4313 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4314 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004315 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004316 return QualType();
4317 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004318
4319 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4320 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4321 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4322 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4323 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004324 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4325 << rex->getSourceRange()
4326 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004327 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004328
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004329 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4330 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4331 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4332 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4333 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4334 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4335 return QualType();
4336 }
4337 } else {
4338 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4339 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4340 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4341 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4342 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4343 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4344 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4345 return QualType();
4346 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004347 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004348
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004349 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4350 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4351 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4352 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4353 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004354 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004355 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004356
4357 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004358 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4359 }
4360 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004361
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004362 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004363}
4364
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004365// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004366QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004367 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004368 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4369 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004370 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004371
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004372 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4373 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4374 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4375
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004376 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4377 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004378 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4379 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4380 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4381 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4382 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004383 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004384 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004385 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004386
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004387 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004388
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004389 // Sanity-check shift operands
4390 llvm::APSInt Right;
4391 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004392 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4393 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004394 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004395 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4396 else {
4397 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4398 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4399 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4400 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4401 }
4402 }
4403
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004404 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004405 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004406}
4407
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004408/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4409///
4410/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4411/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4412/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004413/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4414/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004415void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004416 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCall7d62a8f2009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004417 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
4418 if (ExprEvalContext == Unevaluated)
4419 return;
4420
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004421 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4422
4423 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4424 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4425 return;
4426
Sebastian Redl732429c2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004427 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4428 // chance at instantiation time.
4429 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4430 return;
4431
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004432 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4433 // signed operand.
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004434 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004435 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4436 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4437 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004438 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004439 } else {
4440 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4441 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004442 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004443 }
4444
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004445 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004446 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4447 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004448 // of the comparison will be exact.
4449 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4450 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4451 return;
4452
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004453 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4454 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4455 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004456 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004457 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4458
4459 if (value.isNonNegative())
4460 return;
4461 }
4462
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004463 if (Equality) {
4464 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004465 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4466 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4467 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004468 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4469 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4470
4471 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4472 if (value.isNonNegative())
4473 return;
4474 }
4475 }
4476
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004477 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004478 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4479 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4480}
4481
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004482// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004483QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004484 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4485 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4486
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004487 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004488 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004489
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004490 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4491 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004492
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004493 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004494 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4495 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4496 else {
4497 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4498 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4499 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004500 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4501 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004502
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004503 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4504 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004505 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4506 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4507 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004508 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004509 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004510 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4511 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4512 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4513 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004514 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4515 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004516 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004517
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004518 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4519 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4520 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4521 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004522
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004523 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4524 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004525 Expr *literalString = 0;
4526 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004527 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004528 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4529 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004530 literalString = lex;
4531 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004532 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4533 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004534 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4535 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004536 literalString = rex;
4537 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4538 }
4539
4540 if (literalString) {
4541 std::string resultComparison;
4542 switch (Opc) {
4543 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4544 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4545 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4546 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4547 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4548 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4549 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4550 }
4551 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4552 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4553 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004554 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4555 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4556 "strcmp(")
4557 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4558 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004559 resultComparison);
4560 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004561 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004562
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004563 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004564 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004565
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004566 if (isRelational) {
4567 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004568 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004569 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004570 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004571 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004572 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004573 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004574 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004575
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004576 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004577 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004578 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004579
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004580 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4581 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4582 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4583 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004584
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004585 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4586 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4587 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004588 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004589 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004590 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004591 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004592 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004593
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004594 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004595 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4596 return ResultTy;
4597
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004598 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4599 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4600 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4601 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4602 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4603 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004604 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004605 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004606 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004607 if (T.isNull()) {
4608 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4609 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4610 return QualType();
4611 }
4612
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004613 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4614 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004615 return ResultTy;
4616 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004617 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4618 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4619 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4620 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4621 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4622 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4623 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4624 }
4625 } else if (!isRelational &&
4626 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4627 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4628 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4629 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4630 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4631 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4632 }
4633 } else {
4634 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004635 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004636 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004637 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004638 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004639 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004640 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004641 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004642
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004643 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004644 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004645 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004646 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004647 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4648 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004649 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004650 return ResultTy;
4651 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004652 if (LHSIsNull &&
4653 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4654 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004655 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004656 return ResultTy;
4657 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004658
4659 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004660 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004661 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4662 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004663 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4664 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4665 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4666 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4667 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4668 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4669 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4670 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004671 // types.
4672 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4673 if (T.isNull()) {
4674 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4675 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4676 return QualType();
4677 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004678
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004679 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4680 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004681 return ResultTy;
4682 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004683
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004684 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004685 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4686 return ResultTy;
4687 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004688
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004689 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004690 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004691 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4692 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004693
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004694 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004695 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004696 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004697 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004698 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004699 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004700 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004701 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004702 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004703 if (!isRelational
4704 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4705 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004706 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004707 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004708 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004709 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004710 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4711 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4712 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004713 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004714 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004715 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004716 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004717
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004718 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004719 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004720 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4721 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004722 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004723 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004724 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004725 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004726
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004727 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4728 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004729 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004730 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004731 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004732 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004733 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004734 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004735 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004736 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004737 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4738 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004739 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004740 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004741 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004742 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004743 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004744 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4745 if (RHSIsNull) {
4746 if (isRelational)
4747 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4748 } else if (isRelational)
4749 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4750 else
4751 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004752
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004753 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004754 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004755 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004756 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004757 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004758 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004759 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004760 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004761 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4762 if (LHSIsNull) {
4763 if (isRelational)
4764 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4765 } else if (isRelational)
4766 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4767 else
4768 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004769
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004770 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004771 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004772 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004773 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004774 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004775 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004776 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004777 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004778 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4779 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004780 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004781 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004782 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004783 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4784 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004785 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004786 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004787 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004788 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004789}
4790
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004791/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004792/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004793/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4794/// types.
4795QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004796 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004797 bool isRelational) {
4798 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4799 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004800 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004801 if (vType.isNull())
4802 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004803
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004804 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4805 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004806
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004807 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4808 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4809 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4810 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4811 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4812 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4813 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004814 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004815 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004816
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004817 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4818 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4819 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004820 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004821 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004822
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004823 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4824 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4825 // elements for floating point vectors.
4826 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4827 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004828
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004829 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004830 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004831 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004832 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004833 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004834 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4835
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004836 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004837 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004838 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4839}
4840
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004841inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004842 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004843 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004844 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004845
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004846 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004847
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004848 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004849 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004850 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004851}
4852
4853inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004854 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004855 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4856 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4857 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004858
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004859 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4860 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004861
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004862 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004863 }
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004864
4865 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
4866 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
4867 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
4868 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
4869 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
4870 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
4871 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004872
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004873 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
4874 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
4875 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4876
4877 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
4878 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
4879 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
4880 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4881
4882 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
4883 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
4884 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4885
4886 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4887 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4888 // The result is a bool.
4889 return Context.BoolTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004890}
4891
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004892/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4893/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4894/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4895///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004896static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004897 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4898 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4899 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4900 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004901 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004902 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4903 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4904 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4905 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004906 }
4907 }
4908 return false;
4909}
4910
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004911/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4912/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4913static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004914 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004915 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004916 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004917 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4918 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004919 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4920 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004921
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004922 unsigned Diag = 0;
4923 bool NeedType = false;
4924 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4925 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4926 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004927 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004928 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4929 NeedType = true;
4930 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004931 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004932 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4933 NeedType = true;
4934 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004935 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004936 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4937 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004938 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004939 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4940 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004941 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4942 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004943 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004944 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4945 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004946 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004947 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4948 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004949 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004950 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4951 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004952 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4953 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4954 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004955 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4956 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4957 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004958 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004959
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004960 SourceRange Assign;
4961 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4962 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004963 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004964 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004965 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004966 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004967 return true;
4968}
4969
4970
4971
4972// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004973QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4974 SourceLocation Loc,
4975 QualType CompoundType) {
4976 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4977 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004978 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004979
4980 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4981 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004982
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004983 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004984 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004985 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004986 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004987 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4988 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4989 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004990 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004991 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004992 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004993 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004994
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004995 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4996 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4997 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004998 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004999 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5000 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5001 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5002 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5003 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005004 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005005 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005006 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5007 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5008 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005009 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5010 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005011 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5012 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5013 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005014 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005015 }
5016 } else {
5017 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005018 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005019 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005020
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005021 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5022 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005023 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005024
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005025 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5026 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005027 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005028 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5029 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005030 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005031 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005032 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005033}
5034
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005035// C99 6.5.17
5036QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005037 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005038 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005039
5040 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5041 // incomplete in C++).
5042
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005043 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005044}
5045
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005046/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5047/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005048QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5049 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005050 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5051 return Context.DependentTy;
5052
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005053 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5054 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005055
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005056 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5057 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5058 if (!isInc) {
5059 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5060 return QualType();
5061 }
5062 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5063 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5064 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005065 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005066 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5067 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005068
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005069 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005070 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005071 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5072 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5073 << Op->getSourceRange();
5074 return QualType();
5075 }
5076
5077 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005078 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005079 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005080 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5081 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5082 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5083 return QualType();
5084 }
5085
5086 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005087 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005088 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005089 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005090 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005091 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005092 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005093 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5094 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5095 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5096 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5097 return QualType();
5098 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005099 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5100 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5101 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005102 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005103 } else {
5104 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005105 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005106 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005107 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005108 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005109 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005110 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005111 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005112 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005113}
5114
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005115/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005116/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005117/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5118/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5119/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5120/// - &(x) => x
5121/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5122/// - &s.xx => s
5123/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5124/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5125/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5126/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005127static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005128 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005129 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005130 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005131 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005132 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5133 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5134 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005135 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005136 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005137 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005138 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005139 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005140 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5141 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005142 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5143 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5144 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5145 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5146 }
5147 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005148 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005149 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5150 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005151
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005152 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005153 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5154 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5155 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5156 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5157 default:
5158 return 0;
5159 }
5160 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005161 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005162 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005163 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005164 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5165 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005166 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005167 default:
5168 return 0;
5169 }
5170}
5171
5172/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005173/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005174/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005175/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005176/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005177/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005178/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005179QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005180 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5181 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5182
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005183 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5184 return Context.DependentTy;
5185
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005186 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5187 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5188 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5189 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5190 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5191 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5192 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5193 }
5194 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5195 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5196 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005197 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005198 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005199
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005200 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5201 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005202 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005203 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005204 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005205 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5206 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005207 return QualType();
5208 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005209 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005210 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5211 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5212 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005213 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005214 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5215 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005216 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005217 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005218 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005219 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005220 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5221 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5222 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5223 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5224 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005225 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5226 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005227 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5228 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005229 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5230 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005231 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005232 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005233 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5234 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
5235 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005236 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5237 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005238 return QualType();
5239 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005240 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005241 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005242 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005243 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005244 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5245 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005246 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005247 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005248 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5249 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005250 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005251 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5252 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5253 return QualType();
5254 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005255
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005256 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5257 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005258 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005259 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005260 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005261 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005262 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005263 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5264 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005265 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5266 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5267 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005268 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005269 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005270
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005271 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5272 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5273 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5274 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5275 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5276 }
5277
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005278 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
5279 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
5280}
5281
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005282QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005283 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5284 return Context.DependentTy;
5285
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005286 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5287 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005288
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005289 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5290 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5291 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5292 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005293 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005294 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005295
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005296 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005297 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005298
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005299 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005300 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005301 return QualType();
5302}
5303
5304static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5305 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5306 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5307 switch (Kind) {
5308 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005309 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5310 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005311 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5312 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5313 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5314 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5315 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5316 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5317 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5318 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5319 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5320 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5321 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5322 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5323 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5324 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5325 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5326 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5327 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5328 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5329 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5330 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5331 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5332 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5333 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5334 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5335 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5336 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5337 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5338 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5339 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5340 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5341 }
5342 return Opc;
5343}
5344
5345static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5346 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5347 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5348 switch (Kind) {
5349 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5350 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5351 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5352 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5353 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5354 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5355 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5356 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5357 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005358 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5359 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
5360 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
5361 }
5362 return Opc;
5363}
5364
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005365/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5366/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5367/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005368Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5369 unsigned Op,
5370 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005371 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005372 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005373 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5374 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5375 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005376
5377 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005378 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5379 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5380 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005381 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5382 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5383 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5384 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5385 break;
5386 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005387 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5388 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5389 break;
5390 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5391 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5392 break;
5393 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5394 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5395 break;
5396 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5397 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5398 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005399 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005400 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5401 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5402 break;
5403 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5404 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5405 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5406 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005407 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005408 break;
5409 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5410 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005411 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005412 break;
5413 case BinaryOperator::And:
5414 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5415 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5416 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5417 break;
5418 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5419 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5420 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5421 break;
5422 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5423 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005424 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5425 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5426 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5427 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005428 break;
5429 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005430 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5431 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5432 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5433 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005434 break;
5435 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005436 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5437 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5438 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005439 break;
5440 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005441 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5442 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5443 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005444 break;
5445 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5446 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005447 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5448 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5449 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5450 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005451 break;
5452 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5453 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5454 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005455 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5456 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5457 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5458 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005459 break;
5460 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5461 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5462 break;
5463 }
5464 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005465 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005466 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005467 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5468 else
5469 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005470 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5471 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005472}
5473
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005474/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5475/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005476static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5477 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5478 SourceRange ParenRange)
5479{
5480 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5481 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5482 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5483 // warning/error and return.
5484 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5485 return;
5486 }
5487
5488 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5489 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5490 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5491}
5492
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005493/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5494/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5495/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5496/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005497static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5498 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005499 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5500 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5501 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5502 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005503 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005504 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005505 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5506
5507 // Subs are not binary operators.
5508 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5509 return;
5510
5511 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5512 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005513 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5514 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005515 return;
5516
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005517 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005518 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5519 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005520 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5521 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5522 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5523 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005524 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5525 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005526 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5527 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5528 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005529}
5530
5531/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5532/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5533/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5534static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5535 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005536 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005537 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5538}
5539
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005540// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005541Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5542 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5543 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005544 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005545 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005546
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005547 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5548 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005549
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005550 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5551 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5552
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005553 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5554}
5555
5556Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5557 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5558 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005559 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005560 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005561 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5562 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5563 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5564 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5565 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005566 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005567 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5568 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005569 if (S)
5570 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5571 Functions);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005572 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005573 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005574 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005575 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005576 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005577
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005578 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5579 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005580 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005581 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005582
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005583 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005584 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005585}
5586
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005587Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005588 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005589 ExprArg InputArg) {
5590 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005591
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005592 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005593 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005594 QualType resultType;
5595 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005596 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5597 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5598 break;
5599
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005600 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5601 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005602 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5603 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005604 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005605 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5606 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005607 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005608 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005609 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5610 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005611 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005612 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005613 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5614 break;
5615 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5616 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005617 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5618 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005619 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5620 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005621 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5622 break;
5623 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5624 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5625 break;
5626 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5627 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5628 resultType->isPointerType())
5629 break;
5630
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005631 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5632 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005633 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005634 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5635 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005636 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5637 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005638 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5639 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5640 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005641 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005642 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005643 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005644 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5645 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005646 break;
5647 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5648 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005649 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5650 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005651 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5652 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005653 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005654 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5655 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005656 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005657 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5658 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005659 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005660 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005661 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005662 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005663 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005664 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005665 resultType = Input->getType();
5666 break;
5667 }
5668 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005669 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005670
5671 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005672 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005673}
5674
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005675Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5676 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5677 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005678 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlssona8a1e3d2009-11-14 21:26:41 +00005679 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
5680 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005681 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5682 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5683 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5684 // the arguments.
5685 FunctionSet Functions;
5686 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5687 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005688 if (S)
5689 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5690 Functions);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005691 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005692 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005693 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005694 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005695
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005696 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5697 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005698
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005699 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5700}
5701
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005702// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5703Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5704 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5705 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
5706}
5707
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005708/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005709Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5710 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5711 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005712 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005713 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005714
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005715 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5716 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005717 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005718 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005719
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005720 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005721 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5722 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005723}
5724
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005725Sema::OwningExprResult
5726Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5727 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5728 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005729 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5730 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5731
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005732 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005733 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005734 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005735
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005736 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5737 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5738 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005739
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005740 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5741 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5742 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005743
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005744 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5745 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5746 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5747 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5748 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005749
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005750 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005751 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005752 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005753
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005754 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5755 // expressions are not lvalues.
5756
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005757 substmt.release();
5758 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005759}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005760
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005761Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5762 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5763 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5764 TypeTy *argty,
5765 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5766 unsigned NumComponents,
5767 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5768 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5769 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005770 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5771 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005772 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005773
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005774 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5775
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005776 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5777 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5778 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005779 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005780 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005781
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005782 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5783 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005784
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005785 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5786 // the offsetof designators.
5787 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5788 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005789 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005790 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005791
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005792 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5793 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005794 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5795 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005796 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005797 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5798 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005799
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005800 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005801 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005802
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00005803 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
5804 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
5805 return ExprError();
5806
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005807 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5808 // leaks like a sieve.
5809 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5810 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5811 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5812 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5813 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5814 if (!AT) {
5815 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005816 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5817 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005818 }
5819
5820 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5821
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005822 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5823 // expression.
5824 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5825
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005826 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5827 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005828 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005829 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005830 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005831 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005832 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005833
5834 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5835 OC.LocEnd);
5836 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005837 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005838
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005839 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005840 if (!RC) {
5841 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005842 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5843 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005844 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005845
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005846 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5847 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005848 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005849 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005850 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5851 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5852 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005853 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5854 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005855 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005856
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005857 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
5858 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005859
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005860 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005861 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005862 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005863 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005864 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5865 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005866
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005867 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5868 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005869 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005870 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall09b6d0e2009-11-11 03:23:23 +00005871 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005872 } else {
5873 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5874 // doesn't matter here.
5875 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5876 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5877 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005878 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005879 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005880
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005881 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5882 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005883}
5884
5885
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005886Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5887 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5888 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005889 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5890 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5891 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005892
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005893 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005894
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005895 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5896 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5897 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5898 return ExprError();
5899 }
5900
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005901 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5902 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005903}
5904
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005905Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5906 ExprArg cond,
5907 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5908 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5909 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5910 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5911 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005912
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005913 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5914
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005915 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005916 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005917 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005918 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005919 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005920 } else {
5921 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5922 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5923 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5924 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005925 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5926 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5927 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005928
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005929 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5930 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005931 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5932 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005933 }
5934
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005935 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5936 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005937 resType, RPLoc,
5938 resType->isDependentType(),
5939 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005940}
5941
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005942//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5943// Clang Extensions.
5944//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5945
5946/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005947void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005948 // Analyze block parameters.
5949 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005950
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005951 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5952 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5953 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005954
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005955 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005956 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005957 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005958 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005959 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5960 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005961
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005962 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005963 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005964}
5965
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005966void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005967 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005968
5969 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5970 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005971 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005972 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5973
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005974 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5975 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5976 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5977 return;
5978 }
5979
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005980 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5981 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5982 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5983
5984 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5985 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005986 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005987 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005988 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005989 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005990 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5991 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005992 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005993
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005994 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5995 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5996 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5997 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5998 return;
5999 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006000 return;
6001 }
6002
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006003 // Analyze arguments to block.
6004 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6005 "Not a function declarator!");
6006 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006007
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006008 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6009 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006010
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006011 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6012 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6013 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6014 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006015 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6016 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006017 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006018 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006019 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6020 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006021 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006022 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006023 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006024 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006025 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006026 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006027 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006028 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6029 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6030 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6031 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6032 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006033
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006034 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006035 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006036 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006037 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006038 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006039 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6040 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006041
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006042 // Analyze the return type.
6043 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006044 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006045
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006046 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6047 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6048 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6049 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6050 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006051 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006052}
6053
6054/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6055/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6056void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6057 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6058 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006059
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006060 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6061
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006062 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006063 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006064 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006065 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006066}
6067
6068/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6069/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006070Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6071 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006072 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6073 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6074 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006075
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006076 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6077 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006078
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006079 PopDeclContext();
6080
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006081 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6082 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006083
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006084 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006085 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6086 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006087
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006088 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6089 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6090 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006091
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006092 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006093 QualType BlockTy;
6094 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006095 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6096 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006097 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006098 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006099 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6100 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006101
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006102 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006103 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006104 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006105
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006106 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6107 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6108 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6109 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006110
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006111 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006112 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006113 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6114 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006115}
6116
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006117Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6118 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6119 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006120 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006121 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6122 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006123
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006124 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006125
6126 // Get the va_list type
6127 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006128 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6129 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6130 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6131 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006132 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006133 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6134 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6135 } else {
6136 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6137 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006138 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006139 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006140 return ExprError();
6141 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006142
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006143 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6144 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006145 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6146 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006147 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006148 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006149
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006150 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006151 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006152
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006153 expr.release();
6154 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6155 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006156}
6157
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006158Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006159 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6160 // pointers on the target.
6161 QualType Ty;
6162 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6163 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6164 else
6165 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6166
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006167 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006168}
6169
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006170static void
6171MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6172 QualType DstType,
6173 Expr *SrcExpr,
6174 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6175 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6176 return;
6177
6178 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6179 if (!PT)
6180 return;
6181
6182 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6183 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6184 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6185 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6186 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6187 return;
6188 }
6189
6190 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6191 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6192 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6193 return;
6194
6195 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6196}
6197
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006198bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6199 SourceLocation Loc,
6200 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6201 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6202 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6203 bool isInvalid = false;
6204 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006205 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6206
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006207 switch (ConvTy) {
6208 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6209 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006210 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006211 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6212 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006213 case IntToPointer:
6214 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6215 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006216 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006217 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006218 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6219 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006220 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6221 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6222 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006223 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6224 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6225 break;
6226 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006227 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6228 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6229 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6230 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6231 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6232 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6233 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6234 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6235 // C++ semantics.
6236 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6237 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6238 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006239 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6240 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006241 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006242 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006243 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006244 case IntToBlockPointer:
6245 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6246 break;
6247 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006248 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006249 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006250 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006251 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006252 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6253 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6254 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006255 case IncompatibleVectors:
6256 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6257 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006258 case Incompatible:
6259 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6260 isInvalid = true;
6261 break;
6262 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006263
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006264 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006265 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006266 return isInvalid;
6267}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006268
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006269bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006270 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6271 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6272 if (Result)
6273 *Result = ICEResult;
6274 return false;
6275 }
6276
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006277 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6278
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006279 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006280 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6281 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6282
6283 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6284 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6285 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6286 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6287 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6288 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6289 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006290
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006291 return true;
6292 }
6293
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006294 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6295 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006296
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006297 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6298 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6299 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006300
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006301 if (Result)
6302 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6303 return false;
6304}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006305
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006306Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6307Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006308 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6309 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6310 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006311
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006312 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6313 return NewContext;
6314}
6315
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006316void
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006317Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6318 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6319 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6320
6321 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6322 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6323 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6324 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6325 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6326 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6327 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006328
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006329 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6330 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6331 I != IEnd; ++I)
6332 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6333 }
6334}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006335
6336/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6337///
6338/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6339/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6340/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6341/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6342///
6343/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6344///
6345/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6346void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6347 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006348
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006349 if (D->isUsed())
6350 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006351
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006352 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6353 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6354 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6355 // -Wunused-parameters)
6356 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6357 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006358 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006359
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006360 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6361 // an instantiation.
6362 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6363 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006364
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006365 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6366 case Unevaluated:
6367 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6368 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006369
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006370 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6371 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6372 // "used"; handle this below.
6373 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006374
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006375 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6376 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6377 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6378 // potentially evaluated.
6379 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6380 return;
6381 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006382
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006383 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006384 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006385 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006386 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6387 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6388 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006389 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006390 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006391 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6392 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6393 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006394 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6395 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6396 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006397
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006398 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6399 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6400 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6401 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6402 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6403 }
6404 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006405 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006406 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006407 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006408 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006409 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6410 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6411 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6412 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6413 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006414 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6415 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006416 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6417 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6418 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6419 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6420 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006421 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6422 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006423 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6424 }
6425
6426 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6427 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6428 }
6429
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006430 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006431 Function->setUsed(true);
6432 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006433 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006434
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006435 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006436 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006437 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006438 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6439 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6440 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6441 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6442 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6443 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6444 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6445 }
6446 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006447
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006448 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006449
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006450 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006451 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006452 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006453}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006454
6455bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6456 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6457 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6458 return false;
6459
6460 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6461 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6462 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6463 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6464
6465 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6466 FD ?
6467 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6468 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6469 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6470 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6471 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6472 return true;
6473
6474 return false;
6475}
6476
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006477// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6478// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6479void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6480 SourceLocation Loc;
6481
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006482 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6483
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006484 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6485 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6486 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6487 return;
6488
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006489 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
6490 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
6491 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
6492 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
6493
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006494 // self = [<foo> init...]
6495 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
6496 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
6497 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6498
6499 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
6500 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
6501 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
6502 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6503 }
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006504
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006505 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6506 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6507 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6508 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6509 return;
6510
6511 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6512 } else {
6513 // Not an assignment.
6514 return;
6515 }
6516
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006517 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006518 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006519
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006520 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006521 << E->getSourceRange()
6522 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6523 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6524}
6525
6526bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6527 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6528
6529 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6530 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6531
6532 QualType T = E->getType();
6533
6534 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6535 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6536 return true;
6537 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6538 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6539 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6540 return true;
6541 }
6542 }
6543
6544 return false;
6545}